<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
	<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sweetbb</id>
	<title>vArranger - User contributions [en]</title>
	<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Sweetbb"/>
	<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=Special:Contributions/Sweetbb"/>
	<updated>2026-04-09T08:59:26Z</updated>
	<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
	<generator>MediaWiki 1.39.1</generator>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=625</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=625"/>
		<updated>2018-02-15T04:46:57Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Set Up the vRIFF Function: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed. This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so they accept to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. Refer to the manual of your 3&#039;rd party MIDI synthesizer or software synthesizer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in synchronicity with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer or drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not use this function, it is advisable to leave this box unchecked, because it sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; by selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you for example to double the polyphony of Ketron sound modules, by adding additional modules. &lt;br /&gt;
Press the START button to confirm the settings during initial installation, or after changes made afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G.  Then close the window. Launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you hear is now controlled by the series of chords previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows the vRIFF SONG CHORDS editing window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists now have both hands free to play other things, and the left hand does not control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF, or until the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF then resumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should be noted that the instructions SONG CHORD have priority in case of simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=624</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=624"/>
		<updated>2018-02-15T04:44:25Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Set Up the vRIFF Function: */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed. This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so they accept to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. Refer to the manual of your 3&#039;rd party MIDI synthesizer or software synthesizer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in synchronicity with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer or drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not use this function, it is advisable to leave this box unchecked, because it sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; by selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you for example to double the polyphony of Ketron sound modules, by adding additional modules. &lt;br /&gt;
Press the START button to confirm the settings during initial installation, or after changes made afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G.  Then close the window. Launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you hear is now controlled by the series of chords previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDS editing window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists now have both hands free to play other things, and the left hand does not control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=623</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=623"/>
		<updated>2018-02-14T08:39:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Monotimbral VS Multitimbral */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind that some VSTi&#039;s load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack, with 16 slots, to load up to 16 VST instruments (VSTi&#039;s). Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will always be on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, e.g. &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is &amp;quot;always on top&amp;quot;, it can be on top of such messages, and you will think that the VST is hanging when it really is just waiting for your response, for the message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Monotrimbral: Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, wavetable synths, drums or guitar plugins...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Multibrimbral: This type of VSTi is designed to allow you to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE channel of a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin. This means you use the multitrimbral VSTi, as a monotrimbral VSTi.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; When you use the &amp;quot;channel 1&amp;quot; option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at any given time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=622</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=622"/>
		<updated>2018-02-14T08:35:29Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* VST Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind that some VSTi&#039;s load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack, with 16 slots, to load up to 16 VST instruments (VSTi&#039;s). Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will always be on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, e.g. &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is &amp;quot;always on top&amp;quot;, it can be on top of such messages, and you will think that the VST is hanging when it really is just waiting for your response, for the message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=621</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=621"/>
		<updated>2018-02-14T08:34:06Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* VST Options */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind that some VSTi&#039;s load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack, with 16 slots, to load up to 16 VST instruments (VSTi&#039;s). Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, e.g. &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is &amp;quot;always on top&amp;quot;, it can be on top of such messages, and you will think that the VST is hanging when it really is just waiting for your response, for the message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=620</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=620"/>
		<updated>2018-02-14T08:30:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind that some VSTi&#039;s load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack, with 16 slots, to load up to 16 VST instruments (VSTi&#039;s). Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=619</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=619"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T12:08:08Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* The VST Rack */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack, with 16 slots, to load up to 16 VST instruments (VSTi&#039;s). Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=618</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=618"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T12:07:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* The VST Rack */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as having up to 16 hardware synthesizers at your fingertips, at your instant disposal.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=617</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=617"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T12:05:46Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiple audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=616</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=616"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T12:03:14Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros:&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in terms of audio quality and latency. In case of problems, it is useful to test the different options: ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=615</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=615"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T11:58:22Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load large quantities of sampled sounds (called &amp;quot;samples&amp;quot;) into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibility and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accommodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.  These cards usually have propriety Asio drivers.  Other cards are cheaper, but could still give you decent quality, and usually they do not have propriety Asio drivers. some sound cards are simply not good enough.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in term of audio sound or performances. In case of problems, it can be useful to test the different options ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=614</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=614"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T11:55:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Keep in mind, that some VSTi  load a large quantities of sampled sounds into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibilty and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accomodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in term of audio sound or performances. In case of problems, it can be useful to test the different options ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=613</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=613"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T11:54:56Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. Intel Core series processors (Core i3, Core i5 or core i7 series, is a good choice.&lt;br /&gt;
The CPU power is shared between all running programs and processes on the computer. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second point is that some VSTi  load a large quantity of sampled sounds into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibilty and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accomodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in term of audio sound or performances. In case of problems, it can be useful to test the different options ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=612</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=612"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T11:50:44Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* Requirements */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation needs to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), in order that the player does not experience any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST&#039;s usually need a &#039;faster&#039; computer. (Intel Core (i3) or i5 or i7 series is a good choice)&lt;br /&gt;
We also share this CPU power with all the running programs. So, it is better to avoid installing unnecessary and unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second point is that some VSTi  load a big quantity of sampled sounds into the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In the case of using such a VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. 4GB or 8GB is usually sufficient.  More memory, means more flexibilty and wider choice between which VSTi&#039;s you can accomodate in memory (RAM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST&#039;s play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive (streaming). In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is essential, otherwise, you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple -  You need the CPU, and hard drive to be fast, in order for the computer to produce sound quickly, and thus eliminate clicks and stuttering or sound breakup.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. Some sound cards are for professional use, more expensive, and give a better quality sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs simultaniously.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for top end, professional sound cards.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in term of audio sound or performances. In case of problems, it can be useful to test the different options ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=611</id>
		<title>VSTi</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=VSTi&amp;diff=611"/>
		<updated>2018-02-13T11:40:24Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* What is a VST Instrument? */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== What is a VST Instrument? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The VST (Virtual Studio Technology) system was developed by Steinberg, to enable a complete studio to be created in software. &lt;br /&gt;
It allows third-party developers to produce real-time effects modules (VST or VST FX), or synth engines that are called VST Instruments (VSTi), that could &#039;plug in&#039; to the host application.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So basically, a VSTi is a realtime software synthesizer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Nowadays, there are large numbers of third-party companies, that are producing VST instrument plug-ins. Some have a very high sound quality, that can surpass their hardware alternatives, while others are not so good.  Some are expensive, and some are free. Some can be controlled by midi messages, while others cannot be controlled this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The good news is that vArranger has a VST Host, that can load and play, up to 16 VST Instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Requirements ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you press a note on your midi keyboard, the VSTi program will generate a sound, using the computer processor (CPU).&lt;br /&gt;
This operation need to be as fast as possible, (less than 10-15 milliseconds), so the player does not feel any latency.&lt;br /&gt;
Some VSTi are doing complex calculations, in a very short time. That&#039;s why using VST   usually needs a &#039;faster&#039; computer. (Intel Core (i3) or i5 or i7 series is a good choice)&lt;br /&gt;
We also share this CPU power with all the running programs. So, it is better to avoid  installing  unneeded programs on a music computer.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The second point is that some VSTi  load a big quantity of sampled sounds in the computer&#039;s memory (RAM). In case of using such VSTi, you need to have enough RAM installed in your computer. (4GB or 8GB is nice)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some VST  play the sounds directly from the Hard Drive. In such cases, a fast Hard drive 7200RPM or better a SSD disk is preferable&lt;br /&gt;
It&#039;s simple. If  the computer can&#039;t produce sound fast enough , you will hear some clics, or stuttering.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (the VST host) receives the generated sound, and sends it back to the PC sound card driver, then to your PC powered speakers, or headphones.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are actually 2 kinds of sound cards.  Some are integrated inside your PC motherboard, and some can be optionally installed. They are professional sound cards with sometimes a better quality sound.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
vArranger can communicate with the sound card using 3 different methods :&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;DirectSound&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Available on every computer, the sound can be used by different programs together.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; It has too much latency and CAN&#039;T be used for realtime synths. Only for MP3 playback.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;WASAPI&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency. Available on every computer since Windows Vista.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; Not available on windows XP&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ASIO&#039;&#039;&#039;   &#039;&#039;Pros :&#039;&#039; Low latency.  &#039;&#039;Cons :&#039;&#039; ASIO drivers are only developed by the manufacturer for the professional sound cards.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that there is a free software called ASIO4ALL [http://www.asio4all.com/], created by Michael Tippach, that installs a generic ASIO driver, working for every sound card. This is the only solution for low latency audio if you use Windows XP, without a dedicated pro sound card.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note that sometimes, different access methods may result in a difference in term of audio sound or performances. In case of problems, it can be useful to test the different options ASIO &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; ASIO4ALL &amp;lt;=&amp;gt; WASAPI, to find the best working driver for your computer.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Configuring vArranger to play VST Instruments ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In vArranger, go on OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS to select the audio outputs you want to use for playing VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:audio_configuration.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, the ASIO4ALL output has been selected.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Some sound cards have many audio outputs. You will see them all, displayed in this list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case of an ASIO sound card with multiples audio outputs, a second sub list will appear to select the desired stereo out.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you can see in this example, I have selected &#039;&#039;&#039;VST&#039;&#039;&#039; as the 2nd MIDI OUT port, but you can select VST for the MIDI OUT 1, if the VST instruments will be your main sound source.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
I have also selected the GM2 mode, this works well for VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== The VST Rack ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Selecting VST in the MIDI PORTS screen, will add a new button called VST in the vArranger main screen (top right).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Clicking on this button will show the VST rack with 16 slots to load up to 16 VST Instruments. Think of this as if you have 16 hardware synthesizers in your room, close to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vsti.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To load a VST Instrument, click on the central and empty zone (2).&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you to locate the vst that you want to load.&lt;br /&gt;
VST plugin files have an extension .DLL&lt;br /&gt;
They are usually installed in a centralized VST folder, but when you install a VST plugin, you have the choice to define a different VST installation folder. So be attentive at this path, so you can find it easily in vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;If you don&#039;t have any VST instruments, you can start by searching on google for free VST instruments.&lt;br /&gt;
This website contains a nice compilation of free VST plugins to download&#039;&#039; [http://lesitedeburnie.free.fr/lalistedeburnie1-en.html]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Note that vArranger loads &#039;&#039;&#039;32 Bit or 64 Bit VST 2.4 plug ins&#039;&#039;&#039;, in concordance with the version of the vArranger audio engine version currently installed (32 Bit or 64 Bit).  &#039;&#039;If you really need to load 32 Bit and 64 Bit plug ins, together in the same project, you need to install a software like jBridge&#039;&#039; [http://jstuff.wordpress.com/jbridge/] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once loaded, you will see the name of your VST in the VST Rack line.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click on the same zone (2), on the VST name, and you will see the &#039;&#039;&#039;VST EDITOR&#039;&#039;&#039;. This is the graphical screen of the VST, where you can interact with it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;Note : VST plugins do not always have an editor, but most have one.&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Exp : NI B4II&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:nib4ii.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- To remove a VST from the rack, click on the [X] (4)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Some plugins have PROGRAMS. They are predefined factory presets. If some are present, you will see the rack line number lightened (1). Clicking on it will allow you to see and select a program.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:VstPrograms.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== VST Options ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The [+] (3) will allow you to see more options for every VST&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- &#039;&#039;&#039;ALWAYS ON TOP&#039;&#039;&#039; : Check this box, and the VST Editor screen will be always on top of the other windows. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is great for most VSTi. But, some plugins are displaying sometimes a modal message box, waiting for your answer, like &amp;quot;Do you want to load this sound?&amp;quot;  If the VST editor is always on top, it can be on top of such messages and you will think that the VST has hang, but it just wait for your answer, for a message that you don&#039;t see. In this case, you need to disable this option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Monotimbral VS Multitimbral ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Most VST Instruments specialize in one type of sound, for example, analogue synth simulations, Hammond tonewheel organs simulations, Mellotrons, Wavetable synths, Drums or Guitar plugin...&lt;br /&gt;
They are intended to play only ONE sound at a time. They are listening by default to the MIDI channel 1.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For such Monotimbrals plugins, Go on the VST OPTIONS screen, and check &#039;&#039;&#039;SEND ON MIDI CHANNEL 1&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- A second kind of VSTi are designed to allow to play different sounds on different MIDI channels simultaneously. For example, General MIDI VST Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
In this case, you don&#039;t have to check this box. Be careful of the vArranger midi channel assignation. (eg : RIGHT1 Track = Midi Channel 13)&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you plan to use only ONE sound for a multitimbral VSTi, you can check the option to send on midi channel 1, so you don&#039;t need to be careful to set the midi channel inside the plugin.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;LIMITATION :&#039;&#039;&#039; In case of using this channel 1 option, you need to be careful that only &#039;&#039;&#039;ONE&#039;&#039;&#039; track is using the same VSTi at a time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Flexible Routing ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Every track of vArranger can be routed to a different VST instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
RIGHT CLICKING on the track will allow you to select the desired MIDI OUT and/or the VST Instrument that will be used to play this track.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:vstroute.png]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This routing is saved with the Song (SAVE SONG) and with the Sound (SAVE RIGHT SOUND / SAVE LEFT SOUND)&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=610</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=610"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T12:42:42Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed. This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so they accept to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. Refer to the manual of your 3&#039;rd party MIDI synthesizer or software synthesizer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in synchronicity with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer or drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not use this function, it is advisable to leave this box unchecked, because it sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; by selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you for example to double the polyphony of Ketron sound modules, by adding additional modules. &lt;br /&gt;
Press the START button to confirm the settings during initial installation, or after changes made afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=609</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=609"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T12:37:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* OPTIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so they accept to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. Refer to the manual of your 3&#039;rd party MIDI synthesizer or software synthesizer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in synchronicity with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer or drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not use this function, it is advisable to leave this box unchecked, because it sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; by selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you for example to double the polyphony of Ketron sound modules, by adding additional modules. &lt;br /&gt;
Press the START button to confirm the settings during initial installation, or after changes made afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=608</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=608"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T06:13:12Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so they accept to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. Refer to the manual of your 3&#039;rd party MIDI synthesizer or software synthesizer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in synchronicity with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer or drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not use this function, it is advisable to leave this box unchecked, because it sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; by selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows you for example to double the polyphony of Ketron sound modules, by adding additional modules. &lt;br /&gt;
Press the START button to confirm the settings during initial installation, or after changes made afterwards.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=607</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=607"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T06:05:10Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, you can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of the arranger. The physical buttons will illuminate when they are pressed, corresponding to the buttons on the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box of this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=606</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=606"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T06:01:27Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers, such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate - &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement, without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD of arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below, the 2nd MIDI IN is selected. By checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entry, you can choose the MIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available on the KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication, Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=605</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=605"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:53:33Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  KORG website) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=604</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=604"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:50:43Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selecting MIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right), the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can be controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgement without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we can assign 4 buttons to variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=603</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=603"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:46:49Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is equipped with several MIDI IN input ports. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=602</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=602"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:45:31Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* OPTIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure Midi Ports, Controllers, Song Chords, Master, Effects and Arabic Scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is provided with several MIDI IN input. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=601</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=601"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:42:13Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure midi ports, controllers, song chords, Master, Effects and Arabic scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to choose which MIDI interfaces will be active in IN and OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is provided with several MIDI IN input. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=600</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=600"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:40:35Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* OPTIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure midi ports, controllers, song chords, Master, Effects and Arabic scale. The Effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This  window  allows  you  to  choose  or  MIDI  interfaces that  will  be  active  in  IN  and  OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is provided with several MIDI IN input. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=599</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=599"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:39:45Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* OPTIONS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows the user to configure midi ports, controllers, song chords, Master and Arabic scale. The effects are only available in the Yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This  window  allows  you  to  choose  or  MIDI  interfaces that  will  be  active  in  IN  and  OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is provided with several MIDI IN input. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
	<entry>
		<id>https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=598</id>
		<title>5.1. WINDOWS PROGRAM</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://www.varranger.com/wiki/index.php?title=5.1._WINDOWS_PROGRAM&amp;diff=598"/>
		<updated>2018-02-12T05:38:18Z</updated>

		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Sweetbb: /* MIDI PORTS */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;== OPTIONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig2.jpg  |640px  ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This window (Fig3) shows the available options for the vA2. It allows to configure midi ports, controllers, song chords,Master, Arabic scale. The effects is only available in the yamaha mode. &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig3.jpg  |280px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI PORTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This  window  allows  you  to  choose  or  MIDI  interfaces that  will  be  active  in  IN  and  OUT from &lt;br /&gt;
those connected to the computer. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can be controlled by one, two or up to three MIDI inputs with the following features:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;!-- [[File:Tabelle1.jpg |640px  | center]]   in case we need it again --&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
{| class=wikitable style=&amp;quot;margin: auto;&amp;quot;&lt;br /&gt;
! MIDI Input || &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; Feature || Notes and Observations&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| MIDI IN 1 || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This is the default input and is particularly suitable for everyday use from a master keyboard. It can receive:&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;LEFT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI Notes to be played by the &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;RIGHT&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; part.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to control the arranger.&lt;br /&gt;
* MIDI notes to assign messages in the menu CONTROLLERS&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 2  || MIDI Instrument &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input allows you to connect a second MIDI Instrument.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is checked, then the notes received here will also be played by &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
*If &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;Play Notes&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; is &amp;lt;b&amp;gt;not&amp;lt;/b&amp;gt; checked, then the notes received here can be used, for example, to adjust volume or panning, etc..&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;amp;lowast;&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; MIDI IN 3  || MIDI Controller&lt;br /&gt;
| This input is reserved for the use only of a MIDI controller.&lt;br /&gt;
|-&lt;br /&gt;
| Optional &amp;lt;br/&amp;gt; JOYSTICK || Commands&lt;br /&gt;
| This option allows &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; to receive external commands from a USB connected device&lt;br /&gt;
with a joystick-type operation, for example, analogue pedals with a USB interface.&lt;br /&gt;
|}&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;amp;lowast; Provided that the MIDI interface is provided with several MIDI IN input. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
KEYBOARD MODE: By default &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; KEYBOARD MODE is configured on the MIDI CHANNEL &lt;br /&gt;
1 (Fig. 4) &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig4.jpg |480px | center]]&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
ACCORDION MODE: This mode is activated by selectingMIDI ACCORDION, it is then possible &lt;br /&gt;
to set the MIDI channel for the right hand (Right),the MIDI channel for the left hand (Left) and &lt;br /&gt;
the MIDI channel for Bass (Bass). &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig5.jpg |480px | center]] &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, only the MIDI ports used are displayed &lt;br /&gt;
This window also enables a second and a third MIDI input (MIDI pedal for example)&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI LED FEEDBACK&#039;&#039;&#039; &lt;br /&gt;
Some MIDI controllers such as the KORG nanoKONTROL2 have buttons that can illuminate, &lt;br /&gt;
these lights can beings controlled via MIDI.&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;VIDEO:&#039;&#039;&#039;   http://youtu.be/otV1oLeaLRE&lt;br /&gt;
This option gives you a visual acknowledgment without having to look at the computer screen. &lt;br /&gt;
For example, we assign 4 buttons variations ABCD arranger, button change during turns. &lt;br /&gt;
This option is active in OPTIONS / MIDI PORTS. &lt;br /&gt;
In the figure below is selected in the MIDI controller MIDI IN 2nd by checking the LED feedback &lt;br /&gt;
box this MIDI (Fig. 6) entrance, you can choose theMIDI port to accept control LED (fig. 7)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig6.jpg |480px | center ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note: To accept the control of LEDs, MIDI controller may require adjustments. For example, for &lt;br /&gt;
the  KORG  nanoKONTROL2  the  KORG  Kontrol  Editor  program  (available  on  the  website &lt;br /&gt;
KORG) and select is used:&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
- CONTROL MODE = CC &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
- LED MODE = EXTERNAL &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7a.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Similarly, for each button, choose: &lt;br /&gt;
- ASSIGN TYPE = BUTTON CONTROL CHANGE BEHAVIOR = MOMENTARY-OFF VALUE = 0 - ON VALUE = 127 &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig7b.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To save the settings, go to the menu Communication,Write Scene Data.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Caution: Before version 1.17, vArranger worked in TOGGLE mode, now you will probably re-set your midi controller MOMENTARY mode. Most MIDI controllers are factory configured in this way&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039; &amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For best sound results, you must choose the mode that best suits your tone generator module. &lt;br /&gt;
The MIDI OUT framework offers a choice between GM modes, GM2, GS, XG, Ketron SD2 and &lt;br /&gt;
SD4 depending on the device connected to MIDI OUT. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : The choice Ketron SD2 and SD4 leads to the appearance of the check MY SD2/SD4 &lt;br /&gt;
Freezes box in the OPTIONS window - MASTER &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The GS mode is recommended for Roland synthesizers.&lt;br /&gt;
XG mode is recommended for Yamaha synthesizers. &lt;br /&gt;
GM2  mode  is  recommended  in  all  other  cases,  such  as the  Hypersonic  2  VST  or  other  GM compatible VST.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SYNCRO OUT:&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
Ability to synchronize vArranger with other software or MIDI synthesizers. To do this, check the box next to Send Clock MIDI output concerned.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For proper operation, it is necessary to set other software or MIDI synthesizer, so he agrees to synchronize to an external MIDI clock. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
With this option &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; can play in rhythm with another arranger, arpeggiator, sequencer, drum machine, etc.. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  you  do  not  use  this  function,  it  is  advisable  to leave  unchecked  the  box,  because  it  sends continuous MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is also possible to use up to three sound modules simultaneously with &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; By selecting the midi ports in MIDI and MIDI OUT 2 OUT 3. &lt;br /&gt;
This option allows for example to double the polyphony of sound modules Ketron adding other modules. &lt;br /&gt;
START button to confirm the settings during initialinstallation or change thereafter.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== CONTROLLERS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to manage the behavior of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; against external controls, they are: &lt;br /&gt;
an external MIDI controller (MIDI CONTROLLED BY INPUT) (Master keyboard or MIDI Foot ...) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig8.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
the keyboard of the computer (PC CONTROLLED BY KEYBOARD)&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig9.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
an external device connected via USB (CONTROLLED BYJOYSTICK) &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig10.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
To  assign  a  function  to  an  external  controller,  we  choose  first  the  desired  among  those presented in the table (see Fig. 9) by clicking on the corresponding line function then press the MIDI controller or the key on the PC keyboard key or joystick of the desired use. All settings are done, you can close the window with the OK button.  All these settings are saved and reloaded automatically at each session. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig11.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;Example:&#039;&#039;&#039; Here, various functions &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; controlled by a pedal Ketron ® type FS13.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;: If a key on the PC keyboard, a MIDI button, etc ... is already assigned to a function of &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; It is no longer possible to assign a different function. A message will be displayed. Here, for example, it is reported that the key on the PC  keyboard (code 157) is already assigned to the CHANGE DOWN function. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig12.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
At  the  bottom  of  the  window  CONTROLLERS  (OPTIONS  /, scroll  MIDI  events  entering &lt;br /&gt;
vArranger  (outside  of  active  sensing  messages  and  midi  clock).  This  can  be  useful  to  know  what instruments and MIDI controllers send.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig13.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== SONG CHORDS ===&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig14.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
==== SONG CHORDS is a 2 in 1 function that allows you to: ====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Create A Chordsheet =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Quickly create accompanying music from A to Z. To do this, select a style, and click OPTIONS, &lt;br /&gt;
SONG CHORDS. &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; then opens the chord grid of the song on the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
* By clicking on a measure, we enter the chord for the selected beat. &lt;br /&gt;
* By  clicking  on  the  upper  part  of  the  measure,  one  can  select  a  variation  from  those  of  the current  style  (A, B, C, D, Main,  Fill,  Intro,  Ending.). For  each  style and for  each  of  its  sections are show its  style name, and in brackets, its duration in  measures. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig15.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  you  click  on  measure,  the data my be set  the  mouse,  or  by playing a MIDI instrument, or by typing the letters on the ASCII keyboard provided they are not already assigned in the &#039;&#039;&#039;MENU CONTROLLERS&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When you have chords in the grid, you can listen the full accompaniment by using the button &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY SONG&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
You can also transpose the SONG CHORDS by semitone, without re-entering data, simply by clicking &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE + or -&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
With the CLEAR ALL button, it erases everything. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A right-click in a measure opens the following pop-up window:&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig16.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
From this window you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;INSERT&#039;&#039;&#039; one or more measures (four measures in the example above).&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT FROM -&amp;gt;&#039;&#039;&#039; this measure  to another measure &#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;-TO SELECT&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;SELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DESELECT ALL&#039;&#039;&#039; measures in the grid.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;COPY&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection to the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection from the clipboard.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PASTE &#039;?&#039; TIMES&#039;&#039;&#039; your selection several times.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig17.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;DELETE&#039;&#039;&#039;  the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;CLEAR&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure. &lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE -&#039;&#039;&#039; or &#039;&#039;&#039;TRANSPOSE +&#039;&#039;&#039; the selection or measure.&lt;br /&gt;
* &#039;&#039;&#039;PLAY FROM HERE&#039;&#039;&#039; plays the accompaniment from this measure&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :Double click an extent plays SONG CHORDS for this measure, each beat during play is highlighted in a salmon pink colour as below in an example in 3/4 time: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig18.jpg |360px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Some actions require a confirmation like this: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig19.jpg | 240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The insertion of 24 measures will extends the window by those 24 measures.&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Save your song by using the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE SONG&#039;&#039; button, setting appropriate song name an location. The &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; option is already checked, so press the &#039;&#039;&#039;SAVE&#039;&#039;&#039;  button to finish.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
You can quickly and easily create MIDI accompaniment files for sharing, by clicking on &#039;&#039;&#039;EXPORT TO MIDIFILE&#039;&#039;&#039;. The file should open in any professional MIDI sequencer.&lt;br /&gt;
From this base, to simplify work, add VST audio tracks of your choice ... and burn your CD.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===== Set Up the vRIFF Function: =====&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORDS&#039;&#039;&#039; can be used in another manner.  Enter some  chords into the &#039;&#039;&#039;SONG CHORD&#039;&#039;&#039; window, for example: C Am F  G,  then closes the window, launch &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;  (START) and play some chords. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Above the four variations of the style (Main A, B,C, D)  there is a button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF&#039;&#039;&#039;. Clicking it changes its colour what you  hear  is  now  controlled  by  the  series  of  chords  previously returned accompaniment.&#039;&#039;&#039;&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
The table below summarizes the different configurations vRIFF button: &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Tabelle2.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : Right click on the button shows vRIFF SONG CHORDSediting window. &lt;br /&gt;
Pianists  now  have  both  hands  free  to  play  other  things,  and  the  left  hand  does  not  control agreements. It is also possible to assign two different sounds Right and Left at the same time as the &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF cheek&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Can  regain  control  of  the  fix  to  ANY  TIME  by  clicking  on  the  button  &#039;&#039;&#039;vRIFF,  or  until  the agreement is terminated sequence itself (vRIFF thenresumes its gray).&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
It is even possible to apply a fill, a INTRO, ENDING during an execution of a SONG CHORD. It should  be  noted  that  the  instructions  SONG  CHORD  have  priority  in  case  of  simultaneous orders.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
You can assign the knob vRIFF CONTROLLERS menu. &lt;br /&gt;
Do not forget to SAVE / SONG and SONG CHORDS box toremember your power vRIFF the next time you play that style. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Features&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; :&lt;br /&gt;
It should be noted that SAVE / SONG stores the state of vRIFF button. It is possible to play the chord grid directly loading the style, enabling thevRIFF button and saving the SONG. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Once  the  chord  grid  entry,  you  can  try  other  styles on  the  same  grid  by  pressing  the  button vRIFF. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== MIDI EVENTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
This screen displays all the events contained in the MIDIFILE or STYLE YAMAHA year.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig20.jpg |640px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== MASTER ===&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;BASS  BOOST : &#039;&#039;&#039; Adjusts  the equalizer  by  selecting  the  correct frequency  and  gain.  Asterisks &lt;br /&gt;
indicate default values. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI INPUT GAIN: &#039;&#039;&#039;MIDI MIDI IN1 and IN2 potentiometers are used to adjust the overall level of &lt;br /&gt;
MIDI inputs 1 and 2 respectively. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If when you play the melody notes, the sound of your MIDI instrument is too low, or you need to &lt;br /&gt;
play hard to reach high velocities, you can add a bit of gain with these controls. It is advisable to &lt;br /&gt;
leave these two knobs to 0, and adjust the velocitycurve in the options of your MIDI instrument, &lt;br /&gt;
if the permits. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig21.jpg |480px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;MY SD2/SD4 Freezes&#039;&#039;&#039;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
The old Ketron SD2 have a bug and sometimes crash. This option, MY SD2/SD4 freezes, once &lt;br /&gt;
selected, prevents the SD2 plant, filtering some MIDI messages. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;Note&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; : This option is checked by default, appears if a  SD2 and SD4 is a selected MIDI OUT &lt;br /&gt;
(OPTION, MIDI PORTS). &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
If  your  SD2  does  not  crash  when  reading  &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;midi  test-it &amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  is  better  to  shoot  and  all  the  midi messages are sent. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Midi test: http://www.varranger.fr/vforum/index.php/topic, 112.msg2123.html&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&#039;&#039;&#039;CHORD  RECOGNITION  THRESHOLD  VELOCITY : &#039;&#039;&#039; Ability  to  filter  the  notes  low  intensity  to avoid unwanted chord changes. This is especially useful for MIDI guitarists because unwanted &lt;br /&gt;
notes  are  easily  sent  by  open  strings  touched. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=== EFFECTS ===&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig22.jpg |560px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
This window allows you to set the CHORUS DELAY DISTORTION effects. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=== ARABIC SCALE ===&lt;br /&gt;
This function allows you to create valid ranges in countries that use the Arabic scales. Selected notes (in red) are lowered by a quarter tone, the OFF button restores each note their original &lt;br /&gt;
intonation. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig23.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;NB&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;:  To delete this window it is necessary to return to OPTIONS then ARABIC SCALE &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==  MIDI ACTIVITY ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
On the top bar of the main window, there are four icons, each representing one of the four MIDI inputs and showing its MIDI activity. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== the vARRANGER ² icon ==&lt;br /&gt;
By clicking on this title, an information window will appear: &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig24.jpg |240px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== PANIC ==&lt;br /&gt;
With low quality MIDI interface, some MIDI messages can be lost, and this result in some never ending notes, or wrong chord recognition.&lt;br /&gt;
This red button sends the command  &amp;quot;ALL NOTES OFF&amp;quot; on all MIDI channels, with the intention to stop all sound, and tries to reset most of the actual settings of vArranger.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Note that if the problem involves, for example, a disconnected MIDI cable, then the message can&#039;t arrive and any previously played notes will remain audible.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig25.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== TIME ==&lt;br /&gt;
Displays the current time. By clicking on the display, a display is tilted 12 to 24h &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Fig26.jpg |120px | center]]&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== MINIMIZE AND CLOSE ICONS ==&lt;br /&gt;
These are located at the right-hand end of the top-bar and work like the usual Windows minimize and close icons. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
A click on the minimize button of the window also momentarily frees keys assigned to PC keyboard for &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
For example, in CONTROLLERS, you can assign the &amp;quot;MINIMIZE / RESTORE APP&amp;quot; function to the PC Escape (Esc) key.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Then, a first press of the &amp;quot;Esc&amp;quot; key will minimize the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window, the second press restores the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window to the screen. &lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;p&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
Double-clicking somewhere in the black background will brings the &#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;vA2&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039;&#039; window from normal to full screen and vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
When in the normal mode, you can also move and resize the window in the usual way.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;br/&amp;gt;&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Sweetbb</name></author>
	</entry>
</feed>